Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Manual System
        • Manual A/C Service Specifications
        • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
    • Axle Flange Nut
      • Axle Flange Nut Service Specifications
        • Axle Flange Nut Torque Specification
    • Battery
      • General Service
        • Battery Service Specifications
        • Battery Torque Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence Specifications
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brake Service Specifications
        • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
      • Drum Brakes
        • Drum Brake Service Specifications
        • Drum Brake Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Drive Belt Adjustment Specifications
        • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • General Service
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • 2.2L (L61)
        • Compression Specifications
        • Oil Pressure Specifications
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
    • Fluid Specifications
      • Notes
      • Fluids & Lubricants
        • Vehicle Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque Specifications
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel Pressure Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
        • Fuel Filter Location
        • Fuel Filter Removal & Installation
    • Ignition
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Firing Order Specification
      • Ignition Wires
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Service Specifications
    • Starting
      • Starter Motor
        • Starter Motor Service Specifications
        • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Tightening Specifications
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut
        • Torque Specifications
        • Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (AF23-5) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (VT25-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission, Shift Lock Control DTCS
    • Battery/Charging/Starting DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 2.2L DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transmission, Manual (GETRAG 5) DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Coupe)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Coupe)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View - Lower
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View - Upper
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Late Production)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Early Production)
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Sender Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C3
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • C100 Connector End View
        • C110 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C111 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C121 Connector End View
        • C150 Connector End View
        • C160 Connector End View
        • C161 Connector End View
        • C200 Connector End View
        • C201 Connector End View
        • C215 Connector End View
        • C216 Connector End View
        • C218 Connector End View (ASF)
        • C225 Connector End View
        • C235 Connector End View
        • C340 Connector End View
        • C351 Connector End View
        • C375 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C375 Connector End View (Coupe)
        • C380 Connector End View
        • C401 Connector End View
        • C406 Connector End View
        • C490 Connector End View
        • C491 Connector End View
        • C501 Connector End View
        • C503 Connector End View (Coupe w/A31 and DG7)
        • C503 Connector End View (Sedan w/ A31 and DG7)
        • C507 Connector End View
        • C602 Connector End View
        • C604 Connector End View
        • C608 Connector End View
        • C759 Connector End View (Sedan w/AU3)
        • C860 Connector End View (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP101
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP401
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP403
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1 (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2 (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C5
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Transmission Park/Neutral Position Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Input Shaft Speed (ISS) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2 Of 2)
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Driver-Side & Passenger-Side Stage 1 & Stage 2 Connector End View
        • Head Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C1
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • ECM Connector End View C1
        • ECM Connector End View C2
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Harness 7-Way Connector End View
        • AT Inline Harness 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Harness 12-Way Connector End View
        • Brake Stop Lamp Switch Harness 2-Way Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127: LF Door Only Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3132: All Door Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137: All Door Lock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Access Door Striker (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Outer
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Inner
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Rear Door Inner
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Upper Rear Door
        • Striker Adjustment - Lower Rear Door
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper Roof Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (Sedan, Coupe - Front)
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109: Keyless Entry Transmitter Low Battery
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
        • Rear Release Inoperative with Transmitter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Programming RKE Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Security System Sensor Data Incorrect But Valid
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Lost
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Theft Deterrent System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator
              • Notes
              • Theft Lock Radio, if applicable
            • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Passive Arming Mode
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • ID Information
          • Ignition Data
          • Module Information
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1004: KAM In The Module Has Been Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: EEPROM Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1372, B1373, or B1374: Device Ignition 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1372
            • B1373
            • B1374
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1382, B1383, or B1384: Device Ignition ACCESSORY Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1382
            • B1383
            • B1384
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441, B1442, or B1443: Device Ignition OFF, RUN, and CRANK Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1441
            • B1442
            • B1443
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • Passlock Learn Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Run/Crank Relay
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
          • Body Control Module
    • Data Link Communications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000 and U1255: Class 2 Data Link
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 To U1254: Module U1XXX Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305: Class 2 Data Link
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2100: CAN Bus Error With Engine Control System
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2103 or U2104: Fewer Controllers On Bus Than Programmed, Or Controller Area Network (CAN) Bus Reset Counter Overrun
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • U2103
            • U2104
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2105: Lost Communications With Engine Control System
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2106: Lost Communications With Transmission Control System
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with CAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • GMLAN Serial Data Line
          • Class 2 Serial Data Line
    • Programming
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
      • Description and Operation
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Description
          • Notes
          • Before Programming a Control Module
          • After Programming a Control Module
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0565
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0572 (2.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0573 (2.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574 (2.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1580
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1581
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1582
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1583
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1584
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1587
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1588
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Release Switch Adjustment
      • Cruise Release Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (2.2L)
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Open In The Drain Wire Circuit Or A Short To Voltage In The Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: VCIM Does Not Detect The Presence Of A Cellular Antenna
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Supply Voltage Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: A Button Is Pressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: VCIM Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: VCIM Detects An Internal Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Late Production)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Early Production)
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Description and Operation - Radio/Audio
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • On Board Diagnostics
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Test Tape/Tape Cleaner
          • Bass Frequency Test
          • Midrange Frequency Test
          • High Frequency Test
          • Full Range Test
          • Speaker Buzz and Rattle Test
          • Tape Motor Speed Test
          • Cassette Tape Player Cleaning
          • Noise Diagnostics
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Displays Err1, Err2, ----, or LOCK
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Only Front Speakers or Only Rear Speakers Inoperative (RPO WBM only)
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Without RPO WBM
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Ground Strap
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • OnStar®
            • Amplifier
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception - FM
            • Radio Reception - AM
            • Care of Compact Discs
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • On Board Diagnostic Mode
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
            • Test Tone Mode
            • LCD Display Segment Mode
            • Key Test Mode
            • Equalization Setting Mode (UP0 and UR9 ONLY)
            • Antenna Signal Meter Mode
            • Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Operating Modes
            • Activating Theft Deterrent
            • Deactivating the Theft Deterrent Feature - Radio in "SEC" (ARMED) MODE
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in "LOCK" or "- - - -" MODE (CODE KNOWN)
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in "LOCK" or "- - - -" Mode (Code Unknown)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2558: Passenger Compartment Lamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2613: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2627: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948: Left Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949: Right Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950: Left Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951: Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1015: VIN Information Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Replacement - Floor Console - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Replacement - Floor Console - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front (Uplevel)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Parking Brake Lever Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Cover Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Message Center
          • Odometer
          • Oil Life Monitor Reset
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Oil Life
          • Reset
          • Service Vehicle
          • Shift Indicator
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2558: Passenger Compartment Lamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2613: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2627: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948: Left Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949: Right Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950: Left Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951: Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Indicator Always On
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Horns Schematic Icons
      • Horns Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Horns Component Views
      • Horns Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
      • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Symptoms - Horns
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittents
        • Symptom List
      • Horns Always On
        • Test Description
      • Horns Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Horns - Poor Tone
    • Repair Instructions
      • Horn Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Horns System Description and Operation
        • System Description
        • System Operation
        • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
          • Alignment Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Open In The Drain Wire Circuit Or A Short To Voltage In The Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: VCIM Does Not Detect The Presence Of A Cellular Antenna
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Supply Voltage Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: A Button Is Pressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: VCIM Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: VCIM Detects An Internal Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Late Production)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Early Production)
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Description and Operation - Radio/Audio
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • On Board Diagnostics
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Test Tape/Tape Cleaner
          • Bass Frequency Test
          • Midrange Frequency Test
          • High Frequency Test
          • Full Range Test
          • Speaker Buzz and Rattle Test
          • Tape Motor Speed Test
          • Cassette Tape Player Cleaning
          • Noise Diagnostics
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Displays Err1, Err2, ----, or LOCK
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Only Front Speakers or Only Rear Speakers Inoperative (RPO WBM only)
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Without RPO WBM
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Ground Strap
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • OnStar®
            • Amplifier
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception - FM
            • Radio Reception - AM
            • Care of Compact Discs
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • On Board Diagnostic Mode
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
            • Test Tone Mode
            • LCD Display Segment Mode
            • Key Test Mode
            • Equalization Setting Mode (UP0 and UR9 ONLY)
            • Antenna Signal Meter Mode
            • Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Operating Modes
            • Activating Theft Deterrent
            • Deactivating the Theft Deterrent Feature - Radio in "SEC" (ARMED) MODE
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in "LOCK" or "- - - -" MODE (CODE KNOWN)
            • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in "LOCK" or "- - - -" Mode (Code Unknown)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127: LF Door Only Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3132: All Door Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137: All Door Lock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Access Door Striker (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Outer
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Inner
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Rear Door Inner
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Upper Rear Door
        • Striker Adjustment - Lower Rear Door
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper Roof Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (Sedan, Coupe - Front)
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Repair
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Applique Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Applique Molding Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Hood
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Support Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal - Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal - Front (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal - Rear (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1015: VIN Information Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Replacement - Floor Console - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Replacement - Floor Console - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front (Uplevel)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Parking Brake Lever Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Cover Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Message Center
          • Odometer
          • Oil Life Monitor Reset
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Oil Life
          • Reset
          • Service Vehicle
          • Shift Indicator
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Roof Rail Seat Belt Webbing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (w/ Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (w/o Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door Blackout
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf Seat Belt Webbing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2558: Passenger Compartment Lamp Control Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2613: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2627: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948: Left Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949: Right Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950: Left Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951: Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features With Tech 2
            • Enter Programming
            • Setting Options
            • CTD Operation
            • Door Lock Operation
            • Fob Feedback
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127: LF Door Only Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3132: All Door Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137: All Door Lock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Access Door Striker (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Outer
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Inner
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Rear Door Inner
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Upper Rear Door
        • Striker Adjustment - Lower Rear Door
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper Roof Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (Sedan, Coupe - Front)
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
  • Seats
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
      • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover & Pad Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover & Pad Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
      • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Inner Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Cable Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (2-Way Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Handle Replace - Four-Way Manual (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front (Coupe)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover, Pad & Back Panel Replacement - Rear Split Folding Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Center Console Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Manual Seats Description
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
          • Alignment Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127: LF Door Only Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3132: All Door Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137: All Door Lock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Access Door Striker (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Outer
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Inner
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Rear Door Inner
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Upper Rear Door
        • Striker Adjustment - Lower Rear Door
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper Roof Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (Sedan, Coupe - Front)
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Indicator Always On
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Wiper/Washer
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3715, B3716, B3717, B3718, or B3719
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wash Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Low Operation
          • High Operation
          • Vehicle Speed Sensitive Wipers
          • Park Position Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127: LF Door Only Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3132: All Door Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137: All Door Lock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Access Door Striker (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Outer
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Inner
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Rear Door Inner
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Upper Rear Door
        • Striker Adjustment - Lower Rear Door
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper Roof Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (Sedan, Coupe - Front)
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109: Keyless Entry Transmitter Low Battery
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
        • Rear Release Inoperative with Transmitter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Programming RKE Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Security System Sensor Data Incorrect But Valid
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Lost
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Theft Deterrent System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator
              • Notes
              • Theft Lock Radio, if applicable
            • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Passive Arming Mode
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Bracket Replacement - Upper Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Front Fender Upper Diagonal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Plenum to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Front End Description
          • Notes
          • Lubrication
          • Anti-Corrosion Protection
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3267
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3268
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Adjustment - Rear
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Rod Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overslam Bumper Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Panel Replacement - Bolt-On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Panel Replacement Upper - Bolt-On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Panel Replacement Lower - Bolt-On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Panel Support Bracket Replacement - Bolt-On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Luggage Compartment
    • Bumpers
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • License Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Dam Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127: LF Door Only Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3132: All Door Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137: All Door Lock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Access Door Striker (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Outer
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Inner
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Rear Door Inner
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Upper Rear Door
        • Striker Adjustment - Lower Rear Door
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper Roof Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (Sedan, Coupe - Front)
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Repair
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Applique Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Applique Molding Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Hood
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Support Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal - Front (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal - Front (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal - Rear (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1015: VIN Information Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Replacement - Floor Console - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Replacement - Floor Console - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front (Uplevel)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Parking Brake Lever Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Cover Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Message Center
          • Odometer
          • Oil Life Monitor Reset
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Oil Life
          • Reset
          • Service Vehicle
          • Shift Indicator
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Roof Rail Seat Belt Webbing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (w/ Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (w/o Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door Blackout
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf Seat Belt Webbing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf (Early Production)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Alignment Checking
        • Checking Frame Alignment
      • Repair Instructions
        • Underbody Inspection
        • Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Datum Description
        • Centerline Description
          • Plane
          • Length
        • Vertical Body Zero Line
        • Floor Pan Insulators Description
        • Frame and Underbody Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
          • Alignment Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127: LF Door Only Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3132: All Door Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137: All Door Lock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Access Door Striker (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Outer
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Inner
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Rear Door Inner
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Upper Rear Door
        • Striker Adjustment - Lower Rear Door
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper Roof Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (Sedan, Coupe - Front)
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
  • Seats
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Locks Between Lock Positions
      • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
      • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover & Pad Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover & Pad Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
      • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Inner Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Recliner Cable Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (2-Way Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Adjuster Handle Replace - Four-Way Manual (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front (Coupe)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Back Cover, Pad & Back Panel Replacement - Rear Split Folding Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Center Console Replacement - Rear Seat
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Manual Seats Description
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Power Sunroof Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Power Roof Systems Component Views
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
      • Symptoms - Roof
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Power Sunroof Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Power Sunroof Does Not Open
        • Test Description
      • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Vent Position
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Repair Instructions
      • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
      • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
        • Drain Hose Routing
        • Plugged Drain Hose
        • Disconnected Drain Hose
      • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Window Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunroof Motor Synchronization
        • Synchronization Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Sunroof Description and Operation
        • Power Sunroof System Components
        • Power Sunroof Operation
        • Open to Vent
        • To Slide Open
        • To Close
        • Sunroof Switch
        • Limit Switch
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127: LF Door Only Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3132: All Door Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3137: All Door Lock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors and Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Pull Cup Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Handle Replacement - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Strap Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Access Door Striker (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Pivot Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Outer
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door Inner
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Rear Door Inner
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Upper (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Upper Rear Door
        • Striker Adjustment - Lower Rear Door
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper Roof Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (Sedan, Coupe - Front)
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Power Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (Manual Regulator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Access Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Indicator Always On
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0035, C0040, C0045, C0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
            • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
            • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0060-C0095
          • DTC Application
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Modulator Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • Low Brake Fluid Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • Low Traction Message
            • Traction LED Test
            • TCS Switch LED
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes & Drum Brakes
      • Description & Operation
      • Bleeding Brake System
        • Notes
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence
        • Manual Bleeding
        • Pressure Bleeding
      • Adjustments
        • Brake Pedal Height
        • Parking Brake
        • Drum Brake Adjustment
        • Stoplight Switch
      • Testing
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Front Disc Brake Pads
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Brake Caliper
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Brake Rotor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Drum
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Brake Shoes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wheel Cylinders
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Booster (Except Vehicles Equipped With CVT)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Booster (Vehicles Equipped With CVT)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Proportioning Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Disc Brake Specifications
      • Drum Brake Specifications
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0035, C0040, C0045, C0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
            • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 C0040 C0045 C0050
            • C0036 C0041 C0046 C0051
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0060-C0095
          • DTC Application
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Modulator Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • Low Brake Fluid Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • Low Traction Message
            • Traction LED Test
            • TCS Switch LED
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: Device Power 1 Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: Device Power 1 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0616: Starter Relay Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617: Starter Relay Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Tools Required
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Engine to Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Battery to Battery Tray)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Underhood Junction Block to Starter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Battery to Under Hood Junction Block)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Engine Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Coupe)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Coupe)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View - Lower
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View - Upper
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Late Production)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Early Production)
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Sender Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C3
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • C100 Connector End View
        • C110 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C111 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C121 Connector End View
        • C150 Connector End View
        • C160 Connector End View
        • C161 Connector End View
        • C200 Connector End View
        • C201 Connector End View
        • C215 Connector End View
        • C216 Connector End View
        • C218 Connector End View (ASF)
        • C225 Connector End View
        • C235 Connector End View
        • C340 Connector End View
        • C351 Connector End View
        • C375 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C375 Connector End View (Coupe)
        • C380 Connector End View
        • C401 Connector End View
        • C406 Connector End View
        • C490 Connector End View
        • C491 Connector End View
        • C501 Connector End View
        • C503 Connector End View (Coupe w/A31 and DG7)
        • C503 Connector End View (Sedan w/ A31 and DG7)
        • C507 Connector End View
        • C602 Connector End View
        • C604 Connector End View
        • C608 Connector End View
        • C759 Connector End View (Sedan w/AU3)
        • C860 Connector End View (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP101
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP401
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP403
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1 (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2 (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C5
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Transmission Park/Neutral Position Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Input Shaft Speed (ISS) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2 Of 2)
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Driver-Side & Passenger-Side Stage 1 & Stage 2 Connector End View
        • Head Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C1
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • ECM Connector End View C1
        • ECM Connector End View C2
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Harness 7-Way Connector End View
        • AT Inline Harness 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Harness 12-Way Connector End View
        • Brake Stop Lamp Switch Harness 2-Way Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Ignition
          • Input
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Power Mode
          • ACC Relay
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System & Starting System
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Belt Tension
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • System Operation Check
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Charging System Test
        • Battery Testing & Inspection
        • Battery Specifications
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B1327: Battery/Source Voltage - Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC B1328: Battery/Source Voltage - High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage - Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage - High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0621: Generator Light L-Terminal Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0622: Generator Light F-Terminal Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Charging System Test
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Test B: Charge Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Test C: Charge Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Test D: Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Bench Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Generator
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
      • Generator Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Body Control Module/Junction Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Gauges
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1015: VIN Information Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Replacement - Floor Console - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Replacement - Floor Console - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front (Uplevel)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Parking Brake Lever Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Cover Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Message Center
          • Odometer
          • Oil Life Monitor Reset
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Oil Life
          • Reset
          • Service Vehicle
          • Shift Indicator
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Horns Schematic Icons
      • Horns Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Horns Component Views
      • Horns Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
      • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Symptoms - Horns
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittents
        • Symptom List
      • Horns Always On
        • Test Description
      • Horns Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Horns - Poor Tone
    • Repair Instructions
      • Horn Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Horns System Description and Operation
        • System Description
        • System Operation
        • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: Device Power 1 Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: Device Power 1 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0616: Starter Relay Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617: Starter Relay Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Tools Required
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Engine to Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (Battery to Battery Tray)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Underhood Junction Block to Starter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Battery to Under Hood Junction Block)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Engine Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Coupe)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Coupe)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View - Lower
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View - Upper
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Late Production)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Early Production)
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Sender Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C3
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • C100 Connector End View
        • C110 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C111 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C121 Connector End View
        • C150 Connector End View
        • C160 Connector End View
        • C161 Connector End View
        • C200 Connector End View
        • C201 Connector End View
        • C215 Connector End View
        • C216 Connector End View
        • C218 Connector End View (ASF)
        • C225 Connector End View
        • C235 Connector End View
        • C340 Connector End View
        • C351 Connector End View
        • C375 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C375 Connector End View (Coupe)
        • C380 Connector End View
        • C401 Connector End View
        • C406 Connector End View
        • C490 Connector End View
        • C491 Connector End View
        • C501 Connector End View
        • C503 Connector End View (Coupe w/A31 and DG7)
        • C503 Connector End View (Sedan w/ A31 and DG7)
        • C507 Connector End View
        • C602 Connector End View
        • C604 Connector End View
        • C608 Connector End View
        • C759 Connector End View (Sedan w/AU3)
        • C860 Connector End View (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP101
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP401
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP403
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1 (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2 (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C5
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Transmission Park/Neutral Position Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Input Shaft Speed (ISS) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2 Of 2)
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Driver-Side & Passenger-Side Stage 1 & Stage 2 Connector End View
        • Head Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C1
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • ECM Connector End View C1
        • ECM Connector End View C2
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Harness 7-Way Connector End View
        • AT Inline Harness 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Harness 12-Way Connector End View
        • Brake Stop Lamp Switch Harness 2-Way Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Ignition
          • Input
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Power Mode
          • ACC Relay
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starters
    • Description & Operation
      • Starting System
      • Circuit Description
    • Component Locations
    • Starting System Diagnosis
      • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Test Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
      • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
      • Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Testing For Intermittent & Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing For Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
    • Removal & Installation
      • Starter
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Park/Neutral Position Switch
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Coupe)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Coupe)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Coupe)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Coupe)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Coupe)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Sedan)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Sedan)
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View - Lower
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View - Upper
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Late Production)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Early Production)
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Fuel Sender Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Assembly Connector End View C3
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • C100 Connector End View
        • C110 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C111 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C121 Connector End View
        • C150 Connector End View
        • C160 Connector End View
        • C161 Connector End View
        • C200 Connector End View
        • C201 Connector End View
        • C215 Connector End View
        • C216 Connector End View
        • C218 Connector End View (ASF)
        • C225 Connector End View
        • C235 Connector End View
        • C340 Connector End View
        • C351 Connector End View
        • C375 Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C375 Connector End View (Coupe)
        • C380 Connector End View
        • C401 Connector End View
        • C406 Connector End View
        • C490 Connector End View
        • C491 Connector End View
        • C501 Connector End View
        • C503 Connector End View (Coupe w/A31 and DG7)
        • C503 Connector End View (Sedan w/ A31 and DG7)
        • C507 Connector End View
        • C602 Connector End View
        • C604 Connector End View
        • C608 Connector End View
        • C759 Connector End View (Sedan w/AU3)
        • C860 Connector End View (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP101
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP401
        • Splice Pack Connector End View SP403
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/AU3)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1 (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2 (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan w/A31)
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C5
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Transmission Park/Neutral Position Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Input Shaft Speed (ISS) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2 Of 2)
        • Transmission Inline Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Driver-Side & Passenger-Side Stage 1 & Stage 2 Connector End View
        • Head Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C1
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • ECM Connector Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • ECM Connector End View C1
        • ECM Connector End View C2
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector No. 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Harness 7-Way Connector End View
        • AT Inline Harness 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C1
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Transmission Control Module Harness 64-Way Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Harness 12-Way Connector End View
        • Brake Stop Lamp Switch Harness 2-Way Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN F
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Junction Block Replacement - Accessory Wiring
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Electric Cooling Fans
    • Description & Operation
      • Cooling Fan Control
    • Component Locations
      • Engine Control Module
      • Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
      • Cooling Fan Relay
    • Programming
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing For Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
      • Symptoms
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptoms
    • Self-Diagnostic System
      • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0217
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Procedure
        • DTCs P0480 Or P0691
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Procedure
    • System Tests
      • Cooling Fan Always On
      • Cooling Fan Inoperative
    • Removal & Installation
      • Cooling Fan & Shroud
        • Removal
        • Installation
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0217
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0480 or P0691
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On (2.2L (L61))
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (2.2L (L61))
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing (2.2L (L61))
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Coolant System Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (2.2L (L61))
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (2.2L (L61))
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement (2.2L (L61))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (RPO L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (2.2L - L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side (2.2L (L61))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (2.2L (L61))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (2.2L (L61))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control 2.2L (L61)
          • Cooling Fan Control 2.0L (LSJ)
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Low Coolant Level
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Surge Tank
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Pipe Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Drive Shaft Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Fuel Tank Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Maintenance Schedule Intervals
          • Axle Boots, Suspension Bushings and Ball Joint Seal Inspection
          • Footnotes
          • Engine Oil Scheduled Maintenance
          • Scheduled Maintenance
            • 10 000 km (6,000 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
            • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
            • 60 000 km (36,000 mi)
            • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
            • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 170 000 km (102,000 mi)
            • 175 000 km (105,000 mi)
            • 180 000 km (108,000 mi)
            • 190 000 km (114,000 mi)
            • 200 000 km (120,000 mi)
            • 210 000 km (126,000 mi)
            • 225 000 km (135,000 mi)
            • 230 000 km (138,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (144,000 mi)
            • 250 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Draining and Refilling Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
            • Oil Filter
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Inspection and Replacement
          • Automatic Transaxle Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator Operation
          • Horn Operation
          • Brake System Operation
          • Restraint System Operation
          • Exhaust System Operation
          • Tire and Wheel Operation
          • Steering System Operation
          • Headlight Aim Adjustment
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level and Conditions
            • Fluid Level Checks
          • Tire Inspection
          • Hood Latch Operation
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Lamp Operation Check
            • Fluid Leak Check
            • Cassette Tape Player Care
          • Inspections to Complete After the Oil and Filter Have Been Changed
            • Notes
            • Brake System Inspection
            • Throttle Linkage Inspection
            • Transaxle Inspection
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Anti-Lock Brakes
            • Restraint System Check
            • Body Lubrication
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Movable Head Restraint Operation
            • Setback Latch and Recliner Operation
            • Spare Tire and Jack Storage
            • Weatherstrip Lubrication
            • Key Lock Service
            • Brake Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI)
            • Wiper Blade Refill Kit
            • Steering Column Lock Operation
            • Parking Brake and Transaxle Park
            • Underbody Cleaning
            • Underhood Cleaning
            • Engine Cooling System Inspection
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspection
  • Engine Mechanical
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Back View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Lower Crankcase - Front View
        • Lower Crankcase - Back View
        • Lower Crankcase - Bottom View
        • Lower Crankcase - Left View
        • Lower Crankcase - Right View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Front View
        • Cylinder Head - Back View
        • Cylinder Head - Bottom View
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Total Mount
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Lower Mount
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, and/or Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Camshaft and Lifter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Camshaft and Lifter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Crankshaft Damper Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Removal
        • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Removal
        • Timing Chain and Tensioner Removal
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Removal
        • Balance Shaft Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Lower Crankcase Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Honing
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Connecting Rod Measurement
          • Piston Measurement
          • Piston Selection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Valve Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cylinder Head and Gasket Surface Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Lower Crankcase Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
        • Balance Shaft Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Timing Balance Shafts to Engine
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Install
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, Tensioner Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Installation
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Crankshaft Damper Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • General Description
        • Operation
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Cylinder Block
        • Crankshaft
        • Connecting Rod and Piston
        • Oil Pan
        • Balance Shaft Assembly
        • Cylinder Head
        • Valves
        • Camshaft
        • Valve Lifters
        • Camshaft Cover
        • Camshaft Drive
        • Intake and Exhaust Manifold
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Tools Required
        • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starters
    • Description & Operation
      • Starting System
      • Circuit Description
    • Component Locations
    • Starting System Diagnosis
      • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Test Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
      • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
      • Engine Cranks Slowly
      • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Testing For Intermittent & Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing For Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
    • Removal & Installation
      • Starter
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Park/Neutral Position Switch
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Control System - On-Vehicle Adjustments
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Notes
      • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Notes
      • Idle Speed (4-Cylinder)
        • 1.8L (Vibe)
        • 2.2L (L200 & LW200)
        • 2.2L (Alero, Cavalier, Grand Am, Ion & Sunfire), & 2.4L (Cavalier & Sunfire)
      • Idle Speed (V6)
        • 3.0L (L300 & LW300)
        • 3.1L (Century, Malibu & Grand Prix), 3.4L (Alero & Grand Am) & 3.8L (Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
        • 3.2L (Cts)
        • 3.4L (Impala & Monte Carlo) & 3.8L (Grand Prix, Impala, Monte Carlo & Regal)
      • Idle Speed (V8)
        • 4.0L (Aurora) & 4.6L (DeVille & Seville)
        • 5.7L (Corvette)
      • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Notes
        • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure (4.6L - Deville & Seville)
  • Application
    • Engine/VIN Breakdown
      • Engine/VIN Breakdown
        • Notes
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Engine Id & VIN Derivative Locations
          • 1.8L
          • 2.2L
          • 3.0L
          • 3.1L
          • 3.2L (La3)
          • 3.4L
          • 3.8L
          • 4.0L (L47 - V8)
          • 4.6L
          • 5.7L
        • VIN Derivatives
        • Vehicle Certification Label
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Pin Voltage Charts
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Engine Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Removal & Installation
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Body
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Engine Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Programming
        • Engine Control Module Reprogramming
        • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
          • Notes
          • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Sensors & Switches
        • A/C Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
          • Removal (HO2S 1)
          • Installation
          • Removal (HO2S 2)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings
          • Notes
          • Removal (Metal Collar)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Plastic Collar - Press Release)
          • Removal (Plastic Collar - Lever Lock)
          • Removal (Plastic Collar - Serviceable Retainer)
        • Fuel Fill Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Pump
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Rail & Injectors
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Tank
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Throttle Body
          • Removal & Installation
      • Ignition Systems
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Electronic Ignition Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Ignition Coil Housing
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Spark Plugs
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • EVAP Canister
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
      • Torque Specifications
  • Engine Control System - Sensor Range Charts
    • Introduction
  • Specifications
    • Engine Controls - Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Introduction
      • Capacities
        • Fluid Capacity (Crankcase)
        • Fluid Capacity (Cooling System)
        • Fluid Capacity (Automatic Transaxle)
        • Fluid Capacity (Manual Transaxle)
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
        • Belt Tension
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition Systems
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order
          • Firing Order (2.2L)
          • Firing Order (3.0L)
        • Ignition Timing
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Pump
        • Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression Test
          • Cylinder Leakage Test
          • Test Procedure
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Ignition System
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • SATURN Ion 1
        • SATURN Ion 2
        • SATURN Ion 3
    • Engine Controls - Self-Diagnostics
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • DTC Status
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
          • Hard Failures
          • Intermittent Failures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Engine Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • Engine Control Module Reprogramming
        • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
          • Notes
          • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Drive Cycles
        • Notes
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M system Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test (Cold Start)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Inspection/Maintenance System DTCS
          • Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Mil Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation (Function)
          • MIL Operation (Illumination)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Mil Always On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation (Function)
          • MIL Operation (Illumination)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0031 Or P0037: Ho2S Heater Circuit Low Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0032 Or P0038: Ho2S Heater Circuit High Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Conditions
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Conditions
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: Engine Coolant Temperature Excessive Time To Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Circuit Closed Loop Performance - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit Low Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit High Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Slow Response - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135 Or P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 3
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit Low Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit High Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0200: Injector Control Circuit Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0261, P0264, P0267 Or P0270: Injector Control Circuit - Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0262, P0265, P0268 Or P0271: Injector Control Circuit - High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0324: Knock Control System Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0326: Knock Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327: Knock Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0351: Ignition Coil "A" Primary/Secondary Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0352: Ignition Coil "B" Primary/Secondary Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold - Bank 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission Control System - Small Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0444: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0445: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit Shorted
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0447: EVAP Vent Valve Control Circuit Open
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0448: EVAP Vent Valve Control Circuit Shorted
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Gross Leak/No Flow)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0496: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Speed Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System Rpm Higher Than Expected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0508: Idle Control System Circuit - Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0509: Idle Control System Circuit - High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 Or P2610: ECM Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0628: Fuel Pump "A" Control Circuit - Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0629: Fuel Pump "A" Control Circuit - High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0630: VIN Not Programmed Or Incompatible - ECM
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0641: ECM Detects A Voltage Out-Of-Tolerance Condition On The 5-Volt Reference Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0700: Transmission Control System (Mil Request)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Insufficient Switching - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1351: Ic Circuit Open
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1352: Ignition Bypass Circuit Open/High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1599: Engine Stall Or Near Stall Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1624: ECM Ram Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1700: Transmission Control Module Requested Mil Illumination
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Ion 1
        • Ion 2
        • Ion 3
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Introduction
      • Component Locations
      • Air Induction Systems
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Engine Control Module
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • ECM Harness Resistance
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • Brake Light Switch
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Description
        • Park Neutral Position Switch
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Idle Air Control Motor
        • Purge Solenoid
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pump/Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis With Special Tool
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis Without Special Tool
          • Description
          • Alcohol In Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants In Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Idle Control Systems
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel Evaporative System
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Transmission
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • SATURN Ion 1
        • SATURN Ion 2
        • SATURN Ion 3
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggish Or Spongy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Difficult To Fill
          • Over Fill
          • Pre-Mature Shut-Off Of Fuel Dispensing Nozzle
          • Fuel Spitback
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
        • Restricted Exhaust
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Additional Inspections
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression Test
          • Cylinder Leakage Test
          • Test Procedure
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Ignition System
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • SATURN Ion 1
        • SATURN Ion 2
        • SATURN Ion 3
    • Engine Controls - Self-Diagnostics
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • DTC Status
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
          • Hard Failures
          • Intermittent Failures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Engine Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • Engine Control Module Reprogramming
        • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
          • Notes
          • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Drive Cycles
        • Notes
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions For Updating I/M system Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test (Cold Start)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Inspection/Maintenance System DTCS
          • Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running Test
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Mil Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation (Function)
          • MIL Operation (Illumination)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Mil Always On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation (Function)
          • MIL Operation (Illumination)
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0031 Or P0037: Ho2S Heater Circuit Low Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0032 Or P0038: Ho2S Heater Circuit High Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Conditions
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Conditions
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: Engine Coolant Temperature Excessive Time To Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Circuit Closed Loop Performance - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit Low Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit High Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Slow Response - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135 Or P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 3
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit Low Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit High Voltage - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit Insufficient Activity - Bank 1; Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0200: Injector Control Circuit Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0261, P0264, P0267 Or P0270: Injector Control Circuit - Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0262, P0265, P0268 Or P0271: Injector Control Circuit - High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0324: Knock Control System Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0326: Knock Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327: Knock Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0351: Ignition Coil "A" Primary/Secondary Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0352: Ignition Coil "B" Primary/Secondary Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold - Bank 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission Control System - Small Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0444: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0445: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit Shorted
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0447: EVAP Vent Valve Control Circuit Open
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0448: EVAP Vent Valve Control Circuit Shorted
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Gross Leak/No Flow)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0496: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Speed Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System Rpm Higher Than Expected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0508: Idle Control System Circuit - Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0509: Idle Control System Circuit - High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 Or P2610: ECM Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0628: Fuel Pump "A" Control Circuit - Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0629: Fuel Pump "A" Control Circuit - High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0630: VIN Not Programmed Or Incompatible - ECM
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0641: ECM Detects A Voltage Out-Of-Tolerance Condition On The 5-Volt Reference Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0700: Transmission Control System (Mil Request)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Insufficient Switching - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1351: Ic Circuit Open
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1352: Ignition Bypass Circuit Open/High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1599: Engine Stall Or Near Stall Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1624: ECM Ram Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1700: Transmission Control Module Requested Mil Illumination
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Ion 1
        • Ion 2
        • Ion 3
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Introduction
      • Component Locations
      • Air Induction Systems
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Engine Control Module
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • ECM Harness Resistance
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • Brake Light Switch
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Description
        • Park Neutral Position Switch
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Idle Air Control Motor
        • Purge Solenoid
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pump/Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis With Special Tool
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis Without Special Tool
          • Description
          • Alcohol In Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants In Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay
      • Idle Control Systems
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel Evaporative System
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Transmission
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • SATURN Ion 1
        • SATURN Ion 2
        • SATURN Ion 3
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggish Or Spongy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Cooling System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Checks
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Difficult To Fill
          • Over Fill
          • Pre-Mature Shut-Off Of Fuel Dispensing Nozzle
          • Fuel Spitback
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
          • Engine Mechanical Checks
          • Additional Inspections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Sensor/System Checks
          • Fuel System Checks
          • Ignition System Checks
        • Restricted Exhaust
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Additional Inspections
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
  • Theory and Operation
    • Engine Controls - Theory & Operation
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Air Intake System
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Engine Control Module
          • Notes
          • Warm-up Cycle
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • A/C Request Signal
          • A/C Pressure Sensor
          • A/C Pressure Switches
          • Battery Voltage
          • Brake Switch Feedback
          • Camshaft Position Sensor System
          • Clutch Switch (M/T)
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Gear Switches
          • Generator "L" Light Circuit
          • Generator "F" Field Circuit
          • Ignition/Crank Signal
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensors
          • Input And Output Speed Sensor Assembly (A/T)
          • RPM Reference Signal
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor (M/T)
        • Output Signals
          • Notes
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • EVAP Canister Purge Control Solenoid
          • Cooling Fan Relay
          • Electric Power Steering
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump & Fuel Pump Relay
          • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Ignition Control Module & Ignition Coils
          • Knock Sensor Operation
          • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Self-Diagnostics
          • Serial Data
          • Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Torque Converter Clutch
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel System Overview
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
        • Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cut-Off Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Idle Speed
          • Notes
          • Idle Air Control Valve
      • Ignition Systems
        • Electronic Ignition
          • Notes
          • Ignition Control Module & Ignition Coils
          • Modes of Operation
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter
          • Three-Way Catalytic Converter
        • Evaporative Emission Control
          • Notes
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • EVAP Service Port
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
      • Self-Diagnostic Systems
        • Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Malfunction Indicator Light
        • Serial Data
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Sensor
        • Electric Cooling Fan
        • Electric Power Steering
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
        • Transmission
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Assembly
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Electronic Transmission
  • Vacuum Diagrams
    • Introduction
    • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Vacuum Hose Routing
      • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
      • Notes
      • ALERO, Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cavalier - 2.2L, Century, Grand Am, Grand PRIX, Impala, LESABRE, MALIBU, Monte CARLO, Park Avenue, Regal & SUNFIRE - 2.2L, AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, S10 Pickup - 2.2L, Silhouette, SONOMA - 2.2L & Venture
      • Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, BRAVADA, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Corvette, Cutaway, DEVILLE, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, SATURN - 2.2L, SAVANA, SAVANA Camper Special, SAVANA Special, SEVILLE, Sierra, SILVERADO, SONOMA - 4.3L, Suburban, TAHOE, Trailblazer, VUE - 2.2L, YUKON & YUKON XL
    • Engine Control Module Or Powertrain Control Module
      • Notes
      • Service Programming System
        • Notes
        • Service Programming Methods
      • Service Programming System Remote Procedure (Except Corvette)
        • Notes
        • Remote Procedure
        • Verifying Reprogramming
      • Service Programming System Remote Procedure (Corvette)
        • Notes
        • Before Programming A Control Module
        • PCM Programming Set Up With Special Tool
        • Remote Programming
        • Programming Verification
      • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
      • Service Programming System Off Board Remote Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing the Off Board Remote Procedure
      • Service Programming System Off Board Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing The Off Board Pass-Thru Procedure
    • Idle Air Control Valve Learn Procedure
      • DEVILLE & SEVILLE
      • SATURN (Ion) IAC Relearn Procedure
      • SATURN (L200 & LW200) IAC Relearn Procedure
    • Theft Deterrent System Components
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU)
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Impala, Monte CARLO, Regal & SUNFIRE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Impala, Monte CARLO, Regal & SUNFIRE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • Set Up A New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cts, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, Park Avenue & SEVILLE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cts, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, Park Avenue & SEVILLE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, AZTEK, BONNEVILLE, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, MONTANA, Park Avenue, Rendezvous, SEVILLE, Silhouette & Venture)
    • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
      • SATURN - 3.0L
    • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure
      • DEVILLE & SEVILLE
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2001-03
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Notes
      • Drive Cycle
        • Description
        • Enable Conditions
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (AF23-5) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (VT25-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission, Shift Lock Control DTCS
    • Battery/Charging/Starting DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 2.2L DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transmission, Manual (GETRAG 5) DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L VIN 4 Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0 L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Automatic Transmission Derivative Location CVT2, M75
          • Getrag Manual Transmission 5 Speed F23 Derivative Location, M86
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Removing the Ignition Lock from the Column
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Rear Compartment Lid Lock
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • How To Use The Engine Performance Section
      • * Please Read This First *
      • How To Use The Engine Performance Section
      • Application
        • Notes
        • Introduction/Engine/VIN Id
      • Emission Applications
        • Notes
        • Emission Application Tables
      • Specifications
        • Notes
        • Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Adjustment
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Adjustments
      • Theory & Operation
      • Testing & Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Basic Diagnostic Procedures/Basic Testing
        • Self-Diagnostics/Tests W/Codes
        • Trouble Shooting - No Codes/Tests W/O Codes
        • System & Component Testing
      • Pin Voltage Charts
      • Sensor Range Charts
        • Notes
        • Sensor Operating Range Charts
      • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Removal, Overhaul & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams - Engine Performance
        • Notes
        • 2002 & Earlier
        • 2003 & Later
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
              • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Maintenance Schedule Intervals
          • Axle Boots, Suspension Bushings and Ball Joint Seal Inspection
          • Footnotes
          • Engine Oil Scheduled Maintenance
          • Scheduled Maintenance
            • 10 000 km (6,000 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
            • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
            • 60 000 km (36,000 mi)
            • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
            • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 170 000 km (102,000 mi)
            • 175 000 km (105,000 mi)
            • 180 000 km (108,000 mi)
            • 190 000 km (114,000 mi)
            • 200 000 km (120,000 mi)
            • 210 000 km (126,000 mi)
            • 225 000 km (135,000 mi)
            • 230 000 km (138,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (144,000 mi)
            • 250 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Draining and Refilling Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
            • Oil Filter
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Inspection and Replacement
          • Automatic Transaxle Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator Operation
          • Horn Operation
          • Brake System Operation
          • Restraint System Operation
          • Exhaust System Operation
          • Tire and Wheel Operation
          • Steering System Operation
          • Headlight Aim Adjustment
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level and Conditions
            • Fluid Level Checks
          • Tire Inspection
          • Hood Latch Operation
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Lamp Operation Check
            • Fluid Leak Check
            • Cassette Tape Player Care
          • Inspections to Complete After the Oil and Filter Have Been Changed
            • Notes
            • Brake System Inspection
            • Throttle Linkage Inspection
            • Transaxle Inspection
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Anti-Lock Brakes
            • Restraint System Check
            • Body Lubrication
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Movable Head Restraint Operation
            • Setback Latch and Recliner Operation
            • Spare Tire and Jack Storage
            • Weatherstrip Lubrication
            • Key Lock Service
            • Brake Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI)
            • Wiper Blade Refill Kit
            • Steering Column Lock Operation
            • Parking Brake and Transaxle Park
            • Underbody Cleaning
            • Underhood Cleaning
            • Engine Cooling System Inspection
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspection
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Manual System
          • Manual A/C Service Specifications
          • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
      • Axle Flange Nut
        • Axle Flange Nut Service Specifications
          • Axle Flange Nut Torque Specification
      • Battery
        • General Service
          • Battery Service Specifications
          • Battery Torque Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
          • Brake Bleeding Sequence Specifications
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brake Service Specifications
          • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
        • Drum Brakes
          • Drum Brake Service Specifications
          • Drum Brake Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • Drive Belt Routing
          • Drive Belt Adjustment Specifications
          • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • General Service
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
          • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
          • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
          • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • 2.2L (L61)
          • Compression Specifications
          • Oil Pressure Specifications
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Tightening Specifications
      • Fluid Specifications
        • Notes
        • Fluids & Lubricants
          • Vehicle Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
        • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque Specifications
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel Pressure Specifications
          • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Filter Location
          • Fuel Filter Removal & Installation
      • Ignition
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
          • Firing Order Specification
        • Ignition Wires
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Service Specifications
      • Starting
        • Starter Motor
          • Starter Motor Service Specifications
          • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut
          • Torque Specifications
          • Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • A/C Compressor Shaft Seal Leak Detection with Dye
          • Service Ports
          • Evaporator Core
          • Halogen Leak Detector
          • A/C Compressor Shaft Seal Leak Detection with J-39400-A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • High or Low Mode Control Effort
        • High or Low Temperature Control Effort
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (2.2L - L61)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (2.2L - L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Tube Replacement (2.2L - L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement (2.2L - L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Port Valve Core Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (2.2L - L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Evaporator and Blower Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (2.2L - L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (2.2L - L61)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0532 or P0533: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0646 or P0647: Air Conditioning (A/C) Clutch Relay Control Circuit Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1540: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Overpressure - Air Conditioning (A/C) Disabled
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Cam Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Assembly
          • Air Speed
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Assembly
              • Notes
              • Air Temperature Control
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
              • Notes
              • Heating and A/C Operation
              • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
          • Normal Vehicle Use
          • Maintenance Schedule Intervals
          • Axle Boots, Suspension Bushings and Ball Joint Seal Inspection
          • Footnotes
          • Engine Oil Scheduled Maintenance
          • Scheduled Maintenance
            • 10 000 km (6,000 mi)
            • 25 000 km (15,000 mi)
            • 30 000 km (18,000 mi)
            • 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
            • 60 000 km (36,000 mi)
            • 70 000 km (42,000 mi)
            • 75 000 km (45,000 mi)
            • 83 000 km (50,000 mi)
            • 90 000 km (54,000 mi)
            • 100 000 km (60,000 mi)
            • 110 000 km (66,000 mi)
            • 120 000 km (72,000 mi)
            • 125 000 km (75,000 mi)
            • 130 000 km (78,000 mi)
            • 150 000 km (90,000 mi)
            • 166 000 km (100,000 mi)
            • 170 000 km (102,000 mi)
            • 175 000 km (105,000 mi)
            • 180 000 km (108,000 mi)
            • 190 000 km (114,000 mi)
            • 200 000 km (120,000 mi)
            • 210 000 km (126,000 mi)
            • 225 000 km (135,000 mi)
            • 230 000 km (138,000 mi)
            • 240 000 km (144,000 mi)
            • 250 000 km (150,000 mi)
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Draining and Refilling Engine Oil
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Change
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Quality
            • Engine Oil Viscosity
            • Oil Filter
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Air Cleaner Filter Inspection and Replacement
          • Automatic Transaxle Service
          • Drive Belt Inspection
          • Cooling System Service
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Spark Plug Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator Operation
          • Horn Operation
          • Brake System Operation
          • Restraint System Operation
          • Exhaust System Operation
          • Tire and Wheel Operation
          • Steering System Operation
          • Headlight Aim Adjustment
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level and Conditions
            • Fluid Level Checks
          • Tire Inspection
          • Hood Latch Operation
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Lamp Operation Check
            • Fluid Leak Check
            • Cassette Tape Player Care
          • Inspections to Complete After the Oil and Filter Have Been Changed
            • Notes
            • Brake System Inspection
            • Throttle Linkage Inspection
            • Transaxle Inspection
          • At Least Twice A Year
            • Anti-Lock Brakes
            • Restraint System Check
            • Body Lubrication
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Movable Head Restraint Operation
            • Setback Latch and Recliner Operation
            • Spare Tire and Jack Storage
            • Weatherstrip Lubrication
            • Key Lock Service
            • Brake Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI)
            • Wiper Blade Refill Kit
            • Steering Column Lock Operation
            • Parking Brake and Transaxle Park
            • Underbody Cleaning
            • Underhood Cleaning
            • Engine Cooling System Inspection
        • Periodic Maintenance Inspection
          • Steering, Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
          • Exhaust System Inspection
          • Fuel System Inspection
          • Engine Cooling System Inspection
          • Throttle System Inspection
          • Brake System Inspection
          • Caliper/Knuckle Maintenance Inspection
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Air Bag Restraint Systems
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Sir Coil Assembly
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Disabling System
          • Notes
          • Zone 2 (Coupe)
          • Zone 2 (Sedan)
          • Zone 3 (Sedan)
          • Zone 5 (Sedan)
          • Zone 6 (Coupe)
          • Zone 6 (Sedan)
          • Zone 8 (Coupe)
          • Zone 8 (Sedan)
        • Activating System
          • Zone 2 (Coupe)
          • Zone 2 (Sedan)
          • Zone 3 (Sedan)
          • Zone 5 (Sedan)
          • Zone 6 (Coupe)
          • Zone 6 (Sedan)
          • Zone 8 (Coupe)
          • Zone 8 (Sedan)
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Deployment (Sedan)
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment (Sedan)
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation (Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Passenger-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Head Impact)
        • Center Console (Head Impact)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Headliner
          • Removal & Installation (With Sunroof)
          • Removal & Installation (Without Sunroof)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Seat Belt PRETENSIONER
          • Removal & Installation (Coupe)
          • Removal & Installation (Sedan)
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) (Sedan)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
          • Removal & Installation (Coupe)
          • Removal & Installation (Sedan)
        • Sir Coil Assembly (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC'S)
        • Scan Tool Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Notes
          • Perform SIR Diagnostic System Check
          • Refer To Proper Diagnostic Test
          • Repeat SIR Diagnostic System Check
        • Sir Diagnostic System Check
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Connector Identification
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Air Bag Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0012,B0013,B0014, B0016,B0017,B0018: Passenger-Side Air Bag Deployment Loop Stage 2 Resistance Low/ Stage 2 Resistance High/ Stage 2 Short To Ground Or Voltage/Stage 1 Resistance Low/Stage 1 Resistance High/ Stage 1 Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042,B0043, B0044: Driver Deployment Loop Stage 1 Resistance Low/Stage1 Short To Ground Or Voltage/Stage 1 Resistance High/Stage 2 Resistance Low/Stage 2 Short To Ground Or Voltage/Stage 2 Resistance High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0028, B0029, B0030: Passenger-Side Head Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0040, B0041, B0045: Driver-Side Head Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0057, B0058, B0059: Passenger-Side Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0064, B0065, B0066: Driver-Side Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0077,B0078,B0079, B0080,B0081,B0082: Driver-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Passenger-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Driver-Side Sis Identification Error/Driver-Side Sis NOK Message/Passenger-Side Sis Identification Error/Passenger-Side Sis NOK Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1000: SDM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Knob Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Child Restraint Tether Anchor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Anchor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat System
  • Seat Belts
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
      • Seat Belt Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Seat Belt Component Views
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
      • Operational and Functional Checks
        • Notes
        • Emergency Locking Retractors
      • Symptoms - Seat Belts
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
      • Seat Belt Service Precautions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
      • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front (Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front (Non-Fold Flat)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Knob Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bezel Replacement - Child Restraint Tether Anchor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Anchor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
        • Restraint System
        • Front Seat System
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Steering System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0475
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0476
          • Circuit Description
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545
          • Circuit Description
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0847
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0848
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Torque Sensor
            • Notes
            • EPS Motor
            • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Power Steering System Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering System Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Diagnostic System Check - Power Steering System
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC C0000
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0475
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0476
        • Circuit Description
        • Condition for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0545
        • Circuit Description
        • Condition for Running the DTC
        • Condition for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0847
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0848
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC C0896
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0899
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0900
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
    • Repair Instructions
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Torque Sensor
          • Notes
          • EPS Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Inspection
        • Collapse Measurement
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Shroud Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Alignment Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools & Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension - General Diagnosis
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension
        • Notes
        • Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Symptoms
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
      • Noise Diagnosis
        • Front Suspension
        • Rear Suspension
      • Ball Joint Inspection
      • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
      • Wheel Bearing Diagnosis
      • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
        • Trim Height Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measuring the J and K Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension
      • Torque Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lifting & Jacking The Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Fastener Notice
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement -Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Axle Assembly
          • Coil Springs
          • Shock Absorber
          • Wheel Bearing/Hub Assembly
    • Suspension - General Diagnosis
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension
        • Notes
        • Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Symptoms
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
      • Noise Diagnosis
        • Front Suspension
        • Rear Suspension
      • Ball Joint Inspection
      • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
      • Wheel Bearing Diagnosis
      • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
        • Trim Height Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measuring the J and K Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Specifications
      • Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Caster Adjustment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - AF23-5
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • Shim Size Specifications
        • Transmission Clearance Specifications
        • Third Gear Band Servo Piston Pin Selection
        • Race and Bearing Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Transmission Scan Tool Data List
        • Transmission Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601: Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0602: ECM Not Programmed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0603: ECM Long Term Memory Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • DTC P0604: Transmission Control Module (TCM) Random Access Memory (RAM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0703: Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • DTC P0705: Transmission Range Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711: Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712: Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717: Input Speed Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Fail Case 1
            • Fail Case 2
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Fail Case 1
            • Fail Case 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0722: Output Speed Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Fail Case 1
            • Fail Case 2
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Fail Case 1
            • Fail Case 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0727: Engine Speed-No Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0730: Incorrect Gear Ratio
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0731: Incorrect 1st Gear Ratio
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0732: Incorrect 2nd Gear Ratio
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0733: Incorrect 3rd Gear Ratio
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0734: Incorrect 4th Gear Ratio
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0735: Incorrect 5th Gear Ratio
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0736: Incorrect Reverse Ratio
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) System-Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0742: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) System-Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0762: 4-5 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance-No Fifth Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0962: Line Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0963: Line Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0966: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0967: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0970: Shift Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0971: Shift Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0973: Shift Solenoid 1 Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0974: Shift Solenoid 1 Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0976: Shift Solenoid 2 Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0977: Shift Solenoid 2 Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0979: Shift Solenoid 3 Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0980: Shift Solenoid 3 Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0982: Shift Solenoid 4 Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0983: Shift Solenoid 4 Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0985: Shift Solenoid 5 Control Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0986: Shift Solenoid 5 Control Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1719: Incorrect Shifting
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1779: Torque Delivered Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1780: Torque Reduction Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1781: Engine Torque Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1791: Throttle/Pedal Position Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1792: Engine Coolant Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1868: Transmission Fluid Life
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
          • Description
          • Procedure
            • Inspect ATF Level
            • Inspect ATF Condition
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Test
            • Notes
            • Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Conditions
          • Purpose
          • Procedure
            • PARK Range Test
            • DRIVE Range Test
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Drive Plate (Flexplate) Deflection
            • Notes
            • Specification
        • Stall Speed Test
          • Purpose/Description Of Test
          • Conditions
          • Procedure
            • Notes
            • Specifications
        • Engagement Delay Test
          • Purpose/Description of Test
          • Conditions
          • Procedure
            • Notes
            • Specifications
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
            • Notes
            • Gaskets
            • Seals
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
            • Control Valve Body Cover (29)
            • Case Leak
            • Leak at the Torque Converter End
            • Leak at the Vent
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test
          • Oil Cooler Pipe Concerns
            • Bending and/or internal Restrictions
        • Transmission Overheats
        • No Forward and Reverse
        • Slips in Drive or No Drive
        • Slips in Reverse or No Reverse
        • Engagement Time From Park or Neutral to Drive is Not Within Specifications
        • Engagement Time From Park or Neutral to Reverse is Not Within Specifications
        • Engine Stalls During Reverse or Drive Engagement
        • Slips on Acceleration
        • Harsh Feel at Light Acceleration or Deceleration Without Causing an Upshift or Downshift
        • No 1-2 Upshift
        • No 2-3 Upshift
        • No 3-4 Upshift
        • No 4-5 Upshift
        • No 5-4 Downshift
        • No 4-3 Downshift
        • No 3-2 Downshift
        • No 2-1 Downshift
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Stuck On or Off
        • No Engine Braking in Fourth Gear
        • No Engine Braking in Third Gear
        • No Engine Braking in Second Gear
        • No Response to Movement of Shift Lever
        • Transmission Attempts to Move but Appears Locked Up
        • Vibration at Idle
        • Vibration While Driving
        • Hum or Rattle Noise at Idle
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • Harsh Park or Neutral to Drive Engagement
        • Harsh Park or Neutral to Reverse Engagement
        • Harsh Upshift
        • Harsh Shift on Coastdown
        • Harsh Forced Downshift
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement
        • Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Cable Adjustment
        • Transmission Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Control Module Reprogramming Procedures
          • TCM Programming Procedures
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Wiring Harness Extension Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Pipe Seals Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Axle Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • Draining Transmission Fluid
        • Output Speed Sensor Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor Removal
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Removal
        • Control Valve Body Cover Removal
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Fluid Pump Assembly Removal
        • Second Coast, Second Clutch Hub and Second Clutch Sprag Assembly Removal
        • Torque Converter Housing Removal
        • Front Differential Assembly Removal
        • Fluid Filter Removal
        • Transmission Fluid Baffle Removal
        • Third Gear Band Apply Tube Removal
        • Manual Shift Detent Lever and Park Pawl Removal
        • Front Differential Transfer Drive Gear Assembly Removal
        • Third Gear Band Servo Piston Pin Measurement
        • 4-5 Clutch Assembly Removal
        • Third Gear Band Assembly Removal
        • 1-2 Reverse Carrier Gear Assembly Removal
        • Third Gear Band Servo Piston Assembly Removal
        • Case Cover and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Assembly Removal
        • Forward and Direct Clutch Assembly Removal
        • Rear Internal Gear and Front Carrier Removal
        • Front Internal Gear and Low and Reverse Clutch Assembly Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Output Gear Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
        • Transmission Case Inspection
          • Anchor Bolt
          • Case Inspection
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
        • Rotational Torque Measurement Procedure
        • Front Differential Bearing Race and Selective Shim Removal
        • Front Differential Bearing Race and Selective Shim Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal and Bearing Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal and Bearing Installation
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Removal
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Installation
        • Front Differential Carrier Seal Removal
        • Front Differential Carrier Seal Installation
        • 4-5 Clutch Drum Assembly Disassemble
        • 4-5 Clutch Drum Assembly Assemble
        • 4-5 Clutch Piston Travel Measurement
        • Output Gear Assembly Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Front Internal Gear and Low Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Front Internal Gear Cleaning and Inspection
        • Front Internal Gear and Low Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Front Internal Gear and Low and Reverse Clutch Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Travel Measurement
        • Rear Internal Gear Assembly Disassemble
        • Rear Internal Gear Assembly Assemble
        • Front Carrier and Sun Gear Installation
        • Rear Internal Gear Assembly Installation
        • Rear Sun Gear and Hub Assembly Installation
        • Forward and Direct Clutch Assembly Disassemble
        • Forward and Direct Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Direct Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • Forward and Direct Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Transmission Case Cover Assembly Disassemble
        • 1-2 Reverse Clutch Disassemble
        • Transmission Case Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • 1-2 Reverse Clutch Assemble
        • Transmission Case Cover Assembly Assemble
        • 1-2 Reverse Clutch Piston Travel Measurement
        • Forward and Direct Clutch End Play Measurement
        • Transmission Case Cover and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Third Gear Band Servo Piston Disassemble
        • Third Gear Band Servo Piston Assemble
        • Third Gear Band Servo Piston Installation
        • 1-2 Reverse Carrier Gear Assembly Installation
        • Third Gear Band Assembly Installation
        • 4-5 Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Front Differential Transfer Drive Gear Assembly Installation
        • Manual Shift Detent Lever and Park Pawl Installation
        • Third Gear Band Apply Tube Installation
        • Transmission Fluid Baffle Installation
        • Fluid Filter Installation
        • Front Differential Assembly Cleaning and Inspection
        • Front Differential Assembly Installation
        • Torque Converter Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Torque Converter Housing Installation
        • Second Coast Clutch Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
        • Fluid Pump Disassemble
        • Fluid Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Fluid Pump Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
        • Second Coast Clutch Assemble
        • Second Clutch Piston Travel Measurement
        • Second Coast Clutch Piston Travel Measurement
        • Second Coast, Second Clutch Hub and Second Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Second Coast, Second Clutch Hub and Second Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Fluid Pump Installation
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Disassemble
        • Middle Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Middle Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Rear Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Rear Control Valve Body Assemble
        • No. 2 Rear Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • No. 2 Rear Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Front Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Front Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Assemble
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Installation
        • Wiring Harness Installation
        • Control Valve Body Cover Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Installation
        • Input Speed Sensor Installation
        • Output Speed Sensor Installation
        • Drain Plug Installation
        • Holding Fixture Removal
        • Torque Converter Assembly Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Park - Engine Running
          • Notes
          • Fluid Pressure Directed In Preparation For A Shift
            • Manual Valve
            • Reverse, 1st Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S1)
            • 3-4, 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S4)
            • Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S5)
            • Shift Pressure Relay Valve
          • 1-2 Reverse Clutch (B5) Applies
            • U1 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Reverse Clutch (B5) Assembly
          • Fluid Pressure Directed To Prevent TCC Apply
            • Lock Up Relay Valve
          • Passages
        • Reverse
          • Notes
          • Pressure Regulation
            • Manual Valve
            • Primary Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Low And Reverse Clutch (B3) Assembly Applies
            • #7 Accumulator Check Valve Assembly
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • Low and Reverse Clutch (B3) Assembly
          • Direct Clutch (C2) Assembly Applies
            • Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S5)
            • #6 Reverse Shift Ball Check Valve
            • Shift Pressure Relay Valve
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • M2 Shift Valve
            • #1 Accumulator Check Valve Assembly
            • Direct Clutch (C2) Assembly
            • 1-2, 2-3, Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S3)
          • Passages
        • Reverse Inhibit
          • Notes
          • Low And Reverse Clutch (B3) Assembly Releases
            • Reverse, 1st Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S1)
            • U1 Shift Valve
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S5)
            • Shift Pressure Relay Valve
            • Low and Reverse Clutch (B3) Assembly
            • 1-2, 2-3, Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S3)
          • Direct Clutch (C2) Assembly Releases
            • Direct Clutch (C2) Assembly
            • M2 Shift Valve
          • Passages
        • Neutral - Engine Running
          • Notes
          • Low And Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Clutch (B3) Assembly
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • Primary Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Direct Clutch (C2) Assembly Releases
            • Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S5)
            • Shift Pressure Relay Valve
            • Direct Clutch (C2) Assembly
            • M2 Shift Valve
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • Shift Pressure Control Valve
            • #6 Reverse Shift Ball Check Valve
            • 1-2, 2-3, Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S3)
          • Passages
        • Drive and Intermediate Range - First Gear
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Forward Clutch (C1) Assembly Applies
            • C1 Control Valve
            • Neutral Relay Valve
            • #12 Ball Check Valve
            • #8 Accumulator Check Valve Assembly
            • Forward Clutch (C1) Assembly
          • Shift Accumulation
            • Forward Clutch (C1) Accumulator
          • Fluid Pressure Directed In Preparation For A Shift To Second Gear
            • Reverse, 1st Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S1)
            • U1 Shift Valve
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • B2 Control Valve
            • #6 Reverse Shift Ball Check Valve
            • Shift Pressure Control Valve
          • Passages
        • Low Range - First Gear, Engine Braking
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Low And Reverse Clutch (B3) Assembly Applies
            • Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S5)
            • Shift Pressure Relay Valve
            • B5 Control Valve
            • #5 Accumulator Check Valve Assembly
            • Solenoid Relay Valve
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • Low and Reverse Clutch (B3) Assembly
          • Passages
        • Drive, Intermediate and Low Range - Second Gear
          • Notes
          • Second Clutch (B2) Assembly Applies
            • Reverse, 1st Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S1)
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • #2 Accumulator Check Valve Assembly
            • Second Clutch (B2) Assembly
          • Second Coast Clutch (B1) Assembly Applies
            • M1 Shift Valve
            • 2-3, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S2)
            • M2 Shift Valve
            • Second Coast Clutch (B1) Assembly
          • Fluid Pressure Directed In Preparation For A Shift To Third Gear
            • Shift Pressure Relay Valve
            • U1 Shift Valve
          • Passages
        • Drive and Intermediate Range - Third Gear
          • Notes
          • 3RD Gear Band (B4) Assembly Applies
            • 3-4, 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S4)
            • U2 Shift Valve
            • U1 Shift Valve
            • #9 Reverse Shift Restrict Ball Check Valve
            • 3rd Gear Band (B4) Servo Piston Assembly
          • 1-2 Reverse Clutch (B5) Assembly Releases
            • Solenoid Relay Valve
            • 1-2 Reverse Clutch (B5) Assembly
          • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Lock Up Relay Valve
            • Solenoid Relay Valve
            • Lock Up Control Valve
          • Fluid Pressure Directed In Preparation For A Shift To Fourth Gear
            • 1-2, 2-3, Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S3):
          • Passages
        • Drive Range - Fourth Gear
          • Notes
          • 4-5 Clutch (C3) Assembly Applies
            • 1-2, 2-3, Reverse Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S3)
            • U2 Shift Valve
            • 4-5 Clutch (C3) Assembly
            • B4 Release Valve
          • 3RD Gear Band (B4) Assembly Releases
            • 3rd Gear Band (B4) Servo Piston Assembly
            • #9 Reverse Shift Restrict Ball Check Valve
            • U2 Shift Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • U2 Shift Valve
            • Solenoid Relay Valve
          • Fluid Pressure Directed In Preparation Or A Shift To Fifth Gear
            • M2 Shift Valve
          • Passages
        • Drive Range Fifth Gear - TCC Released
          • Notes
          • Direct Clutch (C2) Assembly Applies
            • 2-3, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S2)
            • M2 Shift Valve
            • #1 Accumulator Check Valve Assembly
            • Direct Clutch (C2) Assembly
          • Second Coast Clutch (B1) Assembly Releases
            • Second Coast Clutch (B1) Assembly
          • Torque Converter Clutch Released
          • Passages
        • Drive Range Fifth Gear - TCC Applied
          • Notes
          • Stage 1
          • Stage 2
          • Stage 3
          • Passages
        • Drive Range - Emergency Fifth Gear
          • Notes
          • 3-4, 4-5 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly (S4) De-Energized
            • 3-4, 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly (S4)
            • Solenoid Relay Valve
          • Lock Up Pressure Control Solenoid Valve (SLU) De-Energized
            • Lock Up Pressure Control Solenoid Valve (SLU)
          • Passages
        • Fluid Passages
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Automatic Transmission Output Speed (A/T OSS) Sensor Assembly (62)
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed (A/T ISS) Sensor Assembly (73)
          • Shift Solenoid Valves
            • Notes
            • Normally Open Shift Solenoid Valves
            • Normally Closed Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Line Pressure Control Solenoid Valve (SLT) (316)
            • Notes
            • Duty Cycle, Frequency and Current Flow
            • Transmission Adapt Function
          • TCC Lock Up Pressure Control Solenoid Valve (SLU) (339)
          • Shift Pressure Control Solenoid Valve (SLS) (340)
            • Notes
            • Duty Cycle, Frequency and Current Flow
            • Transmission Adapt Function
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Assembly (75)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Removal & Installation - A/T (AF23-5)
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transaxle
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Installation
        • Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Mount (Front)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Mount (Rear)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Mount (Side)
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Servicing - A/T (AF23-5)
      • Application
      • Identification
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Levels
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
        • Oil Cooler Flushing & Flow Test
          • Notes
          • Inspection
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Console
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Valve Body
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Valve Body Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Input Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Output Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Oil Cooler Line
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Oil Cooler Line Seals
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Wiring Harness Extension
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Shift Lock Control
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2707: Gearshift Unlock Circuit Low
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2709: Gearshift Unlock Circuit Open
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Shift Lock Solenoid/Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
• External Pages